blob: 2f8d9505c4af01f39d01387eca73f707955ca39f [file] [log] [blame]
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2024 Jul 25
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
218digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
219However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
220length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100274 *Added added line in a diff
275 *Changed changed line in a diff
276 *Removed removed line in a diff
277
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000278The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
279For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
280The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
281highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
282after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
283
284Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
285can be used for the same group.
286
287The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
288 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
289
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200290 *hl-Ignore*
291When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
292mechanism. See |conceal|.
293
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000294==============================================================================
2953. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
296
297This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
298issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
299located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
300
301":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
302
303 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
304 |
305 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
306 |
307 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
308 | |
309 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
310 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
311 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
312 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
313 | | set yet.
314 | |
315 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
316 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
317 | |
318 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
319 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
320 |
321 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
322 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
323 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
324 | |
325 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
326 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
327 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
328 | |
329 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
330 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
331 | | *synload-4*
332 | |
333 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
334 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
335 | |
336 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
337 |
338 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
339 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
340 |
341 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
342 already loaded buffer.
343
344
345Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
346
347 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
348 |
349 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
350 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
351 | option is set to the file type.
352 |
353 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
354 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
355 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
356 | |
357 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
358 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
359 | |
360 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
361 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
362 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
363 |
364 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
365 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
366 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
367 |
368 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
369 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
370 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
371 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
372 |
373 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
374 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
375 syntax.
376
377==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003784. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000379
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003802html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200381window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000382
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200383After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
384colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
385|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
386or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200387|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
388in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200389
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000390You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
391Source the script to convert the current file: >
392
393 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
394<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200395Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
396options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
397the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
398|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000399
400Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200401- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200403- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100404 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
405 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000406
407Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
408Unix shell: >
409 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
410<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200411 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
412To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
413command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
414and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
415
416 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
417 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
418 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
419<
420 *:TOhtml*
421:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
422 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200423 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
424 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
425 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
426 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200427
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200428 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
429 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
430 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
431 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
432 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
433 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
434 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
435 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200436
437 Examples: >
438
439 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
440 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
441 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
442<
443 *g:html_diff_one_file*
444Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200445When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
446page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4471, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200448Example: >
449
450 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
451<
452 *g:html_whole_filler*
453Default: 0.
454When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
455is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
456of inserted lines.
457When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
458not set.
459>
460 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
461<
462 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
463Default: 0.
464When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4652html.vim conversion process.
466When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
467but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
468files it can take a long time!
469Example: >
470
471 let g:html_no_progress = 1
472<
473You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
474run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
475moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
476
477 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
478<
479Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
480need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
481conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
482script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
483specifying each command separately.
484
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100485 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
486When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
487as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
488current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
489have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
490differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
491your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
492
493 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
494<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200495 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100496Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200497When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
498When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
499highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
500Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
501 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
502Force to omit the line numbers: >
503 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
504Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
505 :unlet g:html_number_lines
506<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100507 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200508Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
509When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
510inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
511takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
512pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
513view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200514(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200515javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
516For example: >
517
518 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
519 page.html#123 does the same
520
521 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
522 diff.html#42 does the same
523<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524 *g:html_use_css*
525Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100526When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
527browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200528When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
529recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
530forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
531Example: >
532 :let g:html_use_css = 0
533<
534 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
535Default: 0.
536When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
537from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
538value of 'conceallevel'.
539When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
540|conceal|ed.
541
542Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
543included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
544 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
545 :setl conceallevel=0
546<
547 *g:html_ignore_folding*
548Default: 0.
549When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
550Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
551the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
552When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
553text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
554
555Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
556in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
557 zR
558 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
559<
560 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
561Default: 0.
562When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
563When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
564in Vim.
565
566Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
567regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
568
569This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
570>
571 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
572<
573 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
574Default: 0.
575When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
576Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
577open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
578'foldcolumn' setting.
579When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
580folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
581>
582 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
583<
584 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100585Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200586This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
587when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
588for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
589line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
590affected in this way as follows:
591 f: fold column
592 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
593 t: fold text
594 d: diff filler
595
596Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
597 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
598<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100599The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
600of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
601
602 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500603Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100604If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
605
606When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
607uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
608selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
609pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
610invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100611Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100612browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
613
614When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
615older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
616<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
617to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
618number of browsers, both old and new.
619
620When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
621generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
622Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
623the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
624standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200625
626 *g:html_no_invalid*
627Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100628When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
629not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
630element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
631in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
632paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
633invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
634<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
635remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200636
637 *g:html_hover_unfold*
638Default: 0.
639When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
640|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
641When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
642cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
643disabled javascript to view the folded text.
644
645Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
646feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
647normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
648they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
649>
650 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
651<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200652 *g:html_id_expr*
653Default: ""
654Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
655to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
656longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
657evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
658so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
659larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
660
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200662<
663To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
664
665 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
666<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100667Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200668evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
669windows.
670
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200671 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100672Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200673When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
674not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
675When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
676used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
677window.
678Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
679 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
680Explicitly disable wrapping: >
681 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
682Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
683 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
684<
685 *g:html_no_pre*
686Default: 0.
687When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
688tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
689characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
690When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
691used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
692references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
693text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
694old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
695the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
696>
697 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
698<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100699 *g:html_no_doc*
700Default: 0.
701When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
702<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
703define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
704settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
705
706
707 *g:html_no_links*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
710
711 *g:html_no_modeline*
712Default: 0.
713Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
714
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200715 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100716Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
717 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
718 1 otherwise.
719When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200720number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100721When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200722are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
723allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
724the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
725indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
726
727Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
728 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
729<
730Force tabs to be expanded: >
731 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
732<
733 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
734It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
735|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
736
737If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
738for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
739'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
740set to match the chosen document encoding.
741
742Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
743|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
744wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
745encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
746below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
747
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100748Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200749the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
750
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
752 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
753
754 *g:html_use_encoding*
755Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
756To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
757name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
758something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
759webserver: >
760 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
761You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
762entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
763 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
764To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
765variable: >
766 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
767<
768 *g:html_encoding_override*
769Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
770 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
771This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
772specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
773list of conversions.
774
775This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
776pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
777
778Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
779 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
780<
781 *g:html_charset_override*
782Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
783 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
784 browser support.
785This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
786'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
787use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
788TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
789and UTF-32 instead, use: >
790 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
791
792Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
793compatibility problems with some major browsers.
794
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200795 *g:html_font*
796Default: "monospace"
797You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
798g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
799surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
800item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
801way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
802result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
803Examples: >
804
805 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
806 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
807
808 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
809 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
810<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200811 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
812Default: 0.
813When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
814When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
815>
816 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
817<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100818==============================================================================
8195. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
820
821 *b:current_syntax-variable*
822Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
823"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
824settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
825 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
826 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
827 :au BufReadPost * endif
828
829
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000830
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000831ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000832
833ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
834any value to the respective variable. Example: >
835 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
836To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
837 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
838
839Variable Highlight ~
840abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
841abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
842
843
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000844ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000845
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000846See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000847
848
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000849ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000850
851The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000852by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000853by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000854and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000855
856 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
857
858will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
859
860 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
861 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
862 ]]></script>
863
864See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
865
866
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000867APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100869The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
870version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000874ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
875 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000876
877Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
878doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
879startup vimrc: >
880 :let filetype_i = "asm"
881Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
882
883There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
884extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
885line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
886files are included:
887 asm GNU assembly (the default)
888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
892 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
893 nasm Netwide assembly
894 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
895 MMX)
896 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
897
898The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100899 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000900Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200902immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
903equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
904between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
905particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
906highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
909b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000910 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000911
912If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
913the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
914language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000915 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000916
917As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
918
919
920Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
921
922To enable a feature: >
923 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
924To disable a feature: >
925 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
926
927Variable Highlight ~
928nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
929 (parser dependent; not recommended)
930nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
931nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
932
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200933ASTRO *astro.vim* *ft-astro-syntax*
934
935Configuration
936
937The following variables control certain syntax highlighting features.
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +0200938You can add them to your .vimrc.
939
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200940To enable TypeScript and TSX for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200941 let g:astro_typescript = "enable"
942<
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200943To enable Stylus for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200944 let g:astro_stylus = "enable"
945<
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200946NOTE: You need to install an external plugin to support stylus in astro files.
947
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000948
h-east53753f62024-05-05 18:42:31 +0200949ASPPERL *ft-aspperl-syntax*
950ASPVBS *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000951
952*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
953hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
954using. For Perl script use: >
955 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
956 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
957For Visual Basic use: >
958 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
959 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
960
AvidSeeker3088ef02024-07-16 21:39:07 +0200961ASYMPTOTE *asy.vim* *ft-asy-syntax*
962
963By default, only basic Asymptote keywords are highlighted. To highlight
964extended geometry keywords: >
965
966 :let g:asy_syn_plain = 1
967
968and for highlighting keywords related to 3D constructions: >
969
970 :let g:asy_syn_three = 1
971
972By default, Asymptote-defined colors (e.g: lightblue) are highlighted. To
973highlight TeX-defined colors (e.g: BlueViolet) use: >
974
975 :let g:asy_syn_texcolors = 1
976
977or for Xorg colors (e.g: AliceBlue): >
978
979 :let g:asy_syn_x11colors = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000980
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000981BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000982
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200983The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000984for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
985are supported.
986
987Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
988in ones |.vimrc|: >
989 let baan_code_stds=1
990
991*baan-folding*
992
993Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
994mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
995source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
996
997To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
998 let baan_fold=1
999Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
1000indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
1001considered equal to a tab). >
1002 let baan_fold_block=1
1003Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001004SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001005match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
1006 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001007Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001008the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
1009.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
1010 set foldminlines=5
1011 set foldnestmax=6
1012
1013
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001014BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001015
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001016Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001017which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
1018five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
1019otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
1020Basic.
1021
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001022If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1023example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1024 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
1025
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001026
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001027C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001028
1029A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001030(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00001031 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001032 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
1033To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001034 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001035Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001036
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001037An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1038 :set filetype=cpp
1039
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001040Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001041*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1042*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001043*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1044*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001045*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1046*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1047*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001048 ...except { and } in first column
1049 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1050 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001051*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1052 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001053*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001054*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001055*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1056*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001057*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001058 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001059*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1060*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1061*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1062*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1063*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001064*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1065*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001066
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001067When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1068become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1069 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001070"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1071 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001072
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001073If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1074when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1075to a larger number: >
1076 :let c_minlines = 100
1077This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1078displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1079disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1080
1081When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1082works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1083you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1084
1085To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1086Example: >
1087 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1088 :function MyCadd()
1089 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1090 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1091 : hi link cMyItem Title
1092 :endfun
1093
1094ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1095"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1096not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1097highlighting: >
1098 :hi link cConstant NONE
1099
1100If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1101highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1102
1103If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001104in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001105~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001106 syn sync fromstart
1107 set foldmethod=syntax
1108
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001109CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001110
1111C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1112the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1113
1114By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1115of C or C++: >
1116 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1117
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001118
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001119CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001120
1121Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1122that are available. Additionally there is:
1123
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001124chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1125chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1126chill_minlines like c_minlines
1127
1128
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001129CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001130
1131ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1132If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1133 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1134This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1135"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1136file).
1137
1138You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1139 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1140Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1141 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1142This works immediately.
1143
1144
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001145CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1146
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001147 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1148
1149Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1150but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1151|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1152syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001153>
1154 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001155 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1156 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001157 \ }
1158<
1159Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1160
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001161There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1162this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1163dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001164
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001165By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1166"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1167namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001168
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001169
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001170 *g:clojure_fold*
1171
1172Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1173list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1174the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1175
1176
1177 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1178
1179Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1180reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001181>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001182 #_(defn foo [x]
1183 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001184<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001185Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1186(e.g. `#_#_`).
1187
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001188
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001189COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001190
1191COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1192development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1193versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1194add this line to your .vimrc: >
1195 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1196To disable it again, use this: >
1197 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1198
1199
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001200COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001201
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001202The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001203comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1204
1205 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1206
1207The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1208
1209
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001210CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1211
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001212Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001213
1214Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001215cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001216cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001217cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1218cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001219
1220
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001221CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001222
1223This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1224used.
1225
1226Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1227symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1228between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001229"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1230>
1231 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001232
1233For using tcsh: >
1234
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001235 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001236
1237Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1238tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001239will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001240"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1241variable.
1242
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001243CSV *ft-csv-syntax*
1244
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001245If you change the delimiter of a CSV file, its syntax highlighting will no
1246longer match the changed file content. You will need to unlet the following
1247variable: >
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001248
1249 :unlet b:csv_delimiter
1250
1251And afterwards save and reload the file: >
1252
1253 :w
1254 :e
1255
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001256Now the syntax engine should determine the newly changed CSV delimiter.
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001257
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001258
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001259CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001260
1261Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001262hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001263or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001264normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001265line to your .vimrc file: >
1266
1267 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1268
1269Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1270
1271 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1272
1273To disable these again, use this: >
1274
1275 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1276 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1277<
1278
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001279CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001280
1281Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1282doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1283startup vimrc: >
1284 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1285
1286
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001287DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1288
1289Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1290used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1291a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1292from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1293
1294More information about the language and its development environment at the
1295official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1296
1297dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1298type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1299and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1300framework.
1301
1302Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1303
1304https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1305
1306
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001307DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001308
1309Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001310according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001311https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1312To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1313 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1314Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1315To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1316 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1317g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001318
1319
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001320DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001321
1322The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1323there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1324
1325 :let diff_translations = 0
1326
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001327Also see |diff-slow|.
1328
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001329DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001330
1331The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1332provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1333the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1334versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1335uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1336line to your startup file: >
1337 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1338
1339
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001340DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001341DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1342DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001343
1344There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1345are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1346automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1347defaults to XML.
1348You can set the type manually: >
1349 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1350or: >
1351 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1352You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1353Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1354 :set filetype=docbksgml
1355or: >
1356 :set filetype=docbkxml
1357
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001358You can specify the DocBook version: >
1359 :let docbk_ver = 3
1360When not set 4 is used.
1361
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001362
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001363DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001364
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001365Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1366supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1367NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1368and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001369Select the version you want with the following line: >
1370
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001371 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001372
1373If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001374Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001375
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001376The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1377alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1378current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1379inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1380Stack Overflow -
1381
1382https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1383
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001384To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in command blocks with the
1385Windows Command Interpreter set the dosbatch_colons_comment variable to
1386anything: >
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001387
1388 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1389
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001390If this variable is set then a :: comment that is the last line in a command
1391block will be highlighted as an error.
1392
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001393There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001394"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1395is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001396
1397 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1398
1399If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1400
1401
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001402DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1403
1404Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001405(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1406idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001407
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001408There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1409explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1410Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001411 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1412or >
1413 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1414
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001415It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1416the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1417adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001418 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1419
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001420There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1421and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001422
1423Variable Default Effect ~
1424g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1425g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1426 doxygen comments.
1427
1428doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1429 and html_my_rendering underline.
1430
1431doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1432 colour highlighting.
1433
1434doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001435 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001436
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001437There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001438configuration.
1439
1440Highlight Effect ~
1441doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1442 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1443doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1444 \endlink from a \link section.
1445
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001446
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001447DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001448
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001449The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001450case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1451
1452 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1453
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001454The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001455this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1456
1457 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1458
1459before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1460Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1461'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1462Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1463highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001464delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001465
1466 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1467
1468The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1469
1470
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001471EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001472
1473While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001474syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1475highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001476highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1477
1478 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1479
1480Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1481
1482Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1483
1484 :let eiffel_strict=1
1485 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1486
1487Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1488five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1489"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1490
1491Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1492guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1493lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1494
1495If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1496"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1497
1498 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1499
1500instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1501
1502Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1503experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1504
1505 :let eiffel_ise=1
1506
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001507Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001508
1509 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1510
1511to your startup file.
1512
1513
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001514EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1515
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001516Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001517version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001518Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1519
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001520Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/ link seems dead) is
1521still necessary for developing applications for the DOS platform, which
1522Euphoria version 4 (http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001523
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001524The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1525
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001526 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1527 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1528
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001529To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001530auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1531add the following line to your startup file: >
1532
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001533 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001534
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001535< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001536
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001537 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1538
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001539Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001540specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1541file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1542filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1543Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001544
1545
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001546ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001547
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001548Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001549the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001550
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001551The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1552put the following line in your vimrc: >
1553
1554 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1555
1556To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1557
1558 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001559
1560
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001561ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1562
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001563Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1564maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001565
1566The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1567
1568 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1569
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001570Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001571specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1572file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1573filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1574Elixir.
1575
1576
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001577FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1578
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001579FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package which used to be available at
1580http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001581NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001582development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001583
1584Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1585syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1586editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1587start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1588'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1589(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1590and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1591
1592If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1593move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1594 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1595
1596
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001597FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001598
1599The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1600modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001601following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001602J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1603
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001604If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001605redefine the following syntax groups:
1606
1607 - formConditional
1608 - formNumber
1609 - formStatement
1610 - formHeaderStatement
1611 - formComment
1612 - formPreProc
1613 - formDirective
1614 - formType
1615 - formString
1616
1617Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1618directives per default in the same syntax group.
1619
1620A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001621header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001622this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1623
1624 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1625
1626The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001627gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001628conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1629
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001630Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1631should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1632the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1633
1634If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1635example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1636 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1637
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001638
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001639FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1640
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001641Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1642be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1643edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1644 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001645 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1646
1647
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001648FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001649
1650Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkare1ddc2d2024-01-24 15:08:34 -04001651Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
1652choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
16532023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
165490, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
1655respectively, in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as errors and todo
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001656items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001657
1658The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1659fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1660the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001661
1662Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001663Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001664syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1665
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001666When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001667form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001668 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001669in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1670source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001671 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1672in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1673
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001674If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1675extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1676file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1677will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1678on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001679
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001680When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001681source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001682fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
1683neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001684determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1685using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1686compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001687free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions because
1688different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works, then the
1689script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If
1690no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed to be in
1691fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.
1692In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments,
1693the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form. If that
1694happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five
1695columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload (:e!) the
1696file.
1697
1698Vendor extensions ~
1699Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1700script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1701created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1702characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1703with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001704 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001705placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1706
1707If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1708set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1709 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1710placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1711
1712To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1713intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1714command such as >
1715 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1716placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001717
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001718Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001719Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001720fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001721Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001722using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001723variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1724 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001725placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001726mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1727
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001728Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001729Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1730fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001731 :let fortran_fold=1
1732to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1733is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001734subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1735units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1736constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1737fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001738 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001739then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001740select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1741be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001742
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001743The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1744comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1745non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1746or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001747items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001748
1749Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001750Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1751strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001752because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1753
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001754For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001755|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001756
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001757FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1758
1759FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1760dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1761for how to select the correct dialect.
1762
1763Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1764
1765Variable Highlight ~
1766*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1767*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1768*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1769*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1770
1771
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001772
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001773FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001774
1775In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1776the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1777appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1778patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1779number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1780
1781For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1782as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1783
1784 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1785 \ set filetype=fvwm
1786
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001787GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001788
1789The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1790the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1791is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1792are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1793
1794 htmlString
1795 htmlValue
1796 htmlEndTag
1797 htmlTag
1798 htmlTagN
1799
1800Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1801java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1802group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1803correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1804to the contains clause.
1805
1806The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1807group to make them easier to see.
1808
1809
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001810GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001811
1812The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001813under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001814of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1815filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1816(see |filetype.txt|).
1817
1818
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001819HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001820
1821The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001822Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001823syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1824
1825If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1826light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1827 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1828To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1829add: >
1830 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1831To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1832 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1833And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1834 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1835If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1836your .vimrc: >
1837 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1838
1839The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1840directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001841directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1842operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001843as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1844 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1845
1846The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1847automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1848TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001849or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001850in your .vimrc >
1851 :let lhs_markup = none
1852for no highlighting at all, or >
1853 :let lhs_markup = tex
1854to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1855For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1856this variable, so e.g. >
1857 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001858will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001859set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1860loading a file.
1861
1862
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001863HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001864
1865The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1866
1867The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1868This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001869closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1870are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001871
1872Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1873names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1874makes it easy to spot errors
1875
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001876Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001877names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1878
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001879Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001880are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1881text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1882while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001883only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001884<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001885
1886If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1887following syntax groups:
1888
1889 - htmlBold
1890 - htmlBoldUnderline
1891 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1892 - htmlUnderline
1893 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1894 - htmlItalic
1895 - htmlTitle for titles
1896 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1897
1898To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1899of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1900following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1901are read during initialization) >
1902 :let html_my_rendering=1
1903
1904If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1905http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1906
1907You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1908vimrc file: >
1909 :let html_no_rendering=1
1910
1911HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1912details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1913However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001914ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001915 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1916
1917JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1918'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001919programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1920currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001921
1922Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1923
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001924There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1925written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001926following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1927(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001928>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001929 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1930 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1931
1932Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1933the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1934
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001935 *html-folding*
1936The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1937and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1938
1939 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1940 :set foldmethod=syntax
1941
1942Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1943especially for large files.
1944
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001945
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +02001946HTML/OS (BY AESTIVA) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001947
1948The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1949
1950Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1951doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1952this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1953different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1954 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1955
1956Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1957
1958Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1959signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1960a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1961 :set syntax=htmlos
1962
1963Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1964block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1965
1966
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001967IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001968
1969Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1970how to recognize this filetype.
1971
1972To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1973 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1974
1975
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001976INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001977
1978Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1979most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1980to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1981 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1982
1983By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1984and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1985you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1986need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1987 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1988
1989This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1990set of highlighted system functions.
1991
1992The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1993it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1994by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1995startup sequence: >
1996 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1997
1998By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1999version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
2000Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
2001startup sequence: >
2002 :let inform_highlight_old=1
2003
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002004IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
2005
2006IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
2007Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
2008
2009IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
2010rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002011repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002012
2013There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
2014are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
2015
2016The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
2017
2018Variable Effect ~
2019
2020idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
2021 extensions
2022idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
2023idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
2024 quite helpful)
2025idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
2026
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002027
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002028JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002029
2030The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
2031
2032In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
2033flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002034classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
2035old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002036 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
2037
2038All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
2039highlight them use: >
2040 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
2041
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002042You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002043download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
2044If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
2045use the following: >
2046 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
2047Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
2048
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002049Headers of indented function declarations can be highlighted (along with parts
2050of lambda expressions and method reference expressions), but it depends on how
2051you write Java code. Two formats are recognized:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002052
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +020020531) If you write function declarations that are consistently indented by either
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002054a tab, or a space . . . or eight space character(s), you may want to set >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002055 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002056 :let java_highlight_functions="indent1"
2057 :let java_highlight_functions="indent2"
2058 :let java_highlight_functions="indent3"
2059 :let java_highlight_functions="indent4"
2060 :let java_highlight_functions="indent5"
2061 :let java_highlight_functions="indent6"
2062 :let java_highlight_functions="indent7"
2063 :let java_highlight_functions="indent8"
2064Note that in terms of 'shiftwidth', this is the leftmost step of indentation.
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002065
20662) However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and types
2067are supposed to be named (with respect to upper- and lowercase) and there is
2068any amount of indentation, you may want to set >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002069 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002070
Aliaksei Budavei01a4fb12024-06-23 10:03:33 +02002071In addition, you can combine any value of "java_highlight_functions" with >
2072 :let java_highlight_signature=1
2073to have the name of a function with its parameter list parens distinctly
2074highlighted from its type parameters, return type, and formal parameters; and
2075to have the parameter list parens of a lambda expression with its arrow
2076distinctly highlighted from its formal parameters or identifiers.
2077
Aliaksei Budaveibeb02ed2024-06-20 21:00:53 +02002078If neither setting does work for you, but you would still want headers of
2079function declarations to be highlighted, modify the current syntax definitions
2080or compose new ones.
2081
2082Higher-order function types can be hard to parse by eye, so uniformly toning
2083down some of their components may be of value. Provided that such type names
2084conform to the Java naming guidelines, you may arrange it with >
2085 :let java_highlight_generics=1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002086
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002087In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00002088only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002089statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002090your startup file: >
2091 :let java_highlight_debug=1
2092The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002093characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002094new highlightings for the following groups.:
2095 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2096which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002097strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002098have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002099
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002100Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2101creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2102similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2103and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002104 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2105 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2106 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2107 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2108 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002109 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002110 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2111To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2112 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2113
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002114If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2115can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2116scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2117actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2118CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002119 :let java_javascript=1
2120 :let java_css=1
2121 :let java_vb=1
2122
2123In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2124for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2125 :hi link javaParen Comment
2126or >
2127 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2128
2129If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2130when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2131to a larger number: >
2132 :let java_minlines = 50
2133This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2134displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2135number is that redrawing can become slow.
2136
2137
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002138JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2139
2140The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2141default. To disable concealment: >
2142 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2143
2144To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2145 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2146
2147
Vito79952b92024-04-26 22:36:20 +02002148JQ *jq.vim* *jq_quote_highlight* *ft-jq-syntax*
2149
2150To disable numbers having their own color add the following to your vimrc: >
2151 hi link jqNumber Normal
2152
2153If you want quotes to have different highlighting than strings >
2154 let g:jq_quote_highlight = 1
2155
2156
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002157LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002158
2159Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2160style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2161define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2162 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2163
2164
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002165LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002166
2167Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2168gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2169 :syn sync minlines=300
2170may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2171difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2172
2173
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002174LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2175
2176To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2177
2178 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2179<
2180
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002181LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2182
2183The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2184
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002185 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002186 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2187 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002188 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002189 of parenthesization will receive different
2190 highlighting.
2191<
2192The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2193the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2194colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2195specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002196usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002197highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2198
2199
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002200LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002201
2202There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2203
2204If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2205
2206 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2207
2208For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2209set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2210
2211 :let lite_minlines = 200
2212
2213
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002214LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002215
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002216LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002217file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2218users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2219should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2220
2221 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2222
2223If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002224modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002225
2226 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2227
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002228For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002229
2230 // vim:set ft=c:
2231
2232If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2233
2234There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002235used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002236and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002237assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002238you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2239
2240 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2241
2242For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2243
2244 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2245
2246For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2247
2248 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2249
2250For uLPC series of LPC:
2251uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2252instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2253
2254
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002255LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002256
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002257The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002258the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2259lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020022605.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002261
2262 :let lua_version = 5
2263 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002264
2265
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002266MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002267
2268Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002269quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002270signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2271whitespaces and end with a newline.
2272
2273Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002274as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002275only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2276
2277By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002278displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002279with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2280
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002281 :let mail_minlines = 30
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002282
2283
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002284MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002285
2286In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2287errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2288feature off by using: >
2289
2290 :let make_no_commands = 1
2291
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002292Comments are also highlighted by default. You can turn this off by using: >
2293
2294 :let make_no_comments = 1
2295
2296Microsoft Makefile handles variable expansion and comments differently
2297(backslashes are not used for escape). If you see any wrong highlights
2298because of this, you can try this: >
2299
2300 :let make_microsoft = 1
2301
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002302
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002303MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002304
2305Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2306supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2307The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2308highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2309
2310 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2311
2312to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2313choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
23141, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2315$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2316
2317 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2318 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2319 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2320 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2321 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2322 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2323 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2324 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2325 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2326
2327
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002328MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2329
2330If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2331slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002332the start of a region, for example 500 lines (default is 50): >
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002333
2334 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2335
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002336If you want to enable fenced code block syntax highlighting in your markdown
2337documents you can enable like this: >
2338
2339 :let g:markdown_fenced_languages = ['html', 'python', 'bash=sh']
2340
2341To disable markdown syntax concealing add the following to your vimrc: >
2342
2343 :let g:markdown_syntax_conceal = 0
2344
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002345
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002346MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002347
2348Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2349have the following in your .vimrc: >
2350
2351 let filetype_m = "mma"
2352
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02002353MEDIAWIKI *ft-mediawiki-syntax*
2354
2355Be default, syntax highlighting includes basic HTML tags like style and
2356headers |html.vim|. For strict Mediawiki syntax highlighting: >
2357
2358 let g:html_no_rendering = 1
2359
2360If HTML highlighting is desired, terminal-based text formatting such as bold
2361and italic is possible by: >
2362
2363 let g:html_style_rendering = 1
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002364
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002365MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2366
2367Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2368dialect.
2369
2370The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2371
2372 taggedComment :=
2373 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2374 ;
2375
2376 dialectTag :=
2377 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2378 ;
2379
2380 reserved words
2381 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2382
2383A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2384lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2385additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2386
2387Example: >
2388
2389 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2390 ...
2391
2392Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2393dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2394defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2395
2396Example: >
2397
2398 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2399
2400
2401Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2402variables.
2403
2404Variable Highlight ~
2405*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2406*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2407*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2408
2409*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2410*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2411*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2412
2413*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2414
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002415MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002416
2417If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2418highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2419comments: >
2420
2421 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2422
2423To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2424
2425 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2426
2427To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2428'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2429
2430 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2431
2432Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2433
2434 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2435
2436To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2437
2438 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2439
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002440Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002441use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2442To enable this option: >
2443
2444 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2445
2446An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2447
2448 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2449
2450
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002451MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002452
2453There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2454
2455If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2456
2457 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2458
2459For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2460set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2461
2462 :let msql_minlines = 200
2463
2464
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002465N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2466
2467N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2468Couchbase Server databases.
2469
2470Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2471and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2472many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2473
2474
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002475NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002476
2477There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2478
2479If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2480errors, use this: >
2481
2482 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2483
2484If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2485
2486
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002487NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002488
2489The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2490activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2491can use them.
2492
2493For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002494processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002495features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2496|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002497
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002498 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002499
2500Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2501Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2502there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002503you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002504can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2505native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2506\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2507accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2508environments.
2509
2510In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2511follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2512
25131. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2514
25152. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2516 exclamation mark, etc.
2517
25183. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2519 carriage return.
2520
2521The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2522algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2523
2524Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2525furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2526vertical space input will be output as is.
2527
2528Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2529than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2530practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002531marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002532need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002533spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2534
2535 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2536
2537Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2538with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2539highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002540"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002541
2542 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2543 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2544 \ gui=reverse,bold
2545
2546If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2547with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2548file: >
2549
2550 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2551
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002552As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002553paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2554
2555Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2556groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2557
2558
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002559OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002560
2561The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2562.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2563
2564 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2565
2566you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2567by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2568
2569 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2570
2571prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2572contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2573
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002574PANDOC *ft-pandoc-syntax*
2575
2576By default, markdown files will be detected as filetype "markdown".
2577Alternatively, you may want them to be detected as filetype "pandoc" instead.
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002578To do so, set the *g:filetype_md* var: >
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002579
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002580 :let g:filetype_md = 'pandoc'
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002581
2582The pandoc syntax plugin uses |conceal| for pretty highlighting. Default is 1 >
2583
2584 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#use = 1
2585
2586To specify elements that should not be concealed, set the following variable: >
2587
2588 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist = []
2589
2590This is a list of the rules wich can be used here:
2591
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02002592 - titleblock
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002593 - image
2594 - block
2595 - subscript
2596 - superscript
2597 - strikeout
2598 - atx
2599 - codeblock_start
2600 - codeblock_delim
2601 - footnote
2602 - definition
2603 - list
2604 - newline
2605 - dashes
2606 - ellipses
2607 - quotes
2608 - inlinecode
2609 - inlinemath
2610
2611You can customize the way concealing works. For example, if you prefer to mark
2612footnotes with the `*` symbol: >
2613
2614 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#cchar_overrides = {"footnote" : "*"}
2615
2616To conceal the urls in links, use: >
2617
2618 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#urls = 1
2619
2620Prevent highlighting specific codeblock types so that they remain Normal.
2621Codeblock types include "definition" for codeblocks inside definition blocks
2622and "delimited" for delimited codeblocks. Default = [] >
2623
2624 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#ignore = ['definition']
2625
2626Use embedded highlighting for delimited codeblocks where a language is
2627specified. Default = 1 >
2628
2629 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#use = 1
2630
2631For specify what languages and using what syntax files to highlight embeds. This is a
2632list of language names. When the language pandoc and vim use don't match, you
2633can use the "PANDOC=VIM" syntax. For example: >
2634
2635 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs = ["ruby", "bash=sh"]
2636
2637To use italics and strong in emphases. Default = 1 >
2638
Christian Brabandta0400192024-04-09 08:06:52 +02002639 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#emphases = 1
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002640
2641"0" will add "block" to g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist, because otherwise
2642you couldn't tell where the styles are applied.
2643
2644To add underline subscript, superscript and strikeout text styles. Default = 1 >
2645
2646 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#underline_special = 1
2647
2648Detect and highlight definition lists. Disabling this can improve performance.
2649Default = 1 (i.e., enabled by default) >
2650
2651 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#use_definition_lists = 1
2652
2653The pandoc syntax script also comes with the following commands: >
2654
2655 :PandocHighlight LANG
2656
2657Enables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks. Uses the
2658syntax for items in g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs. >
2659
2660 :PandocUnhighlight LANG
2661
2662Disables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002663
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002664PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002665
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002666The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002667and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002668as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2669sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002670you set the variable: >
2671
2672 :let papp_include_html=1
2673
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002674in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002675sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002676edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002677
2678The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2679http://papp.plan9.de.
2680
2681
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002682PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002683
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002684Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2685could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2686or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002687
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002688 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2689 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002690
2691The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2692provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002693Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002694enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2695following line to your startup file: >
2696
2697 :let pascal_traditional=1
2698
2699To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2700keywords, etc): >
2701
2702 :let pascal_delphi=1
2703
2704
2705The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2706*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2707operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2708
2709 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2710
2711Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2712
2713 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2714
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002715Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002716pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2717match Turbo Pascal. >
2718
2719 :let pascal_gpc=1
2720
2721or >
2722
2723 :let pascal_fpc=1
2724
2725To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2726pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2727
2728 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2729
2730If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2731will be highlighted as Error. >
2732
2733 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2734
2735
2736
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002737PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002738
2739There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2740
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002741Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2742to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2743files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002744
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002745 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002746
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002747To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002748off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002749
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002750To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2751from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002752
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002753 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002754
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002755(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2756enabled it.)
2757
2758If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2759
2760 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2761
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002762(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002763
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002764The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2765be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002766perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2767
2768 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2769 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2770 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2771
2772(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2773
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002774The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002775synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2776If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02002777then you should try and switch off one of those. Let the developer know if
2778you can figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002779
2780One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2781
2782 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2783 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2784
2785Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2786its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2787
2788 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2789
2790If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2791
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002792 :let perl_fold = 1
2793
2794If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2795
2796 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002797
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002798Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2799this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002800
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002801 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002802
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002803Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2804via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002805
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002806 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2807
2808Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2809behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2810
2811 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002812
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002813PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002814
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002815[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002816it has been renamed to "php"]
2817
2818There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2819
2820If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2821
2822 let php_sql_query = 1
2823
2824For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2825
2826 let php_baselib = 1
2827
2828Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2829
2830 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2831
2832Using the old colorstyle: >
2833
2834 let php_oldStyle = 1
2835
2836Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2837
2838 let php_asp_tags = 1
2839
2840Disable short tags: >
2841
2842 let php_noShortTags = 1
2843
2844For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2845
2846 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2847
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002848For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002849one: >
2850
2851 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2852
2853Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2854
2855 let php_folding = 1
2856
2857Selecting syncing method: >
2858
2859 let php_sync_method = x
2860
2861x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2862x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2863x = 0 to sync from start.
2864
2865
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002866PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2867
2868TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2869variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002870see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002871
2872This syntax file has the option >
2873
2874 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2875
2876if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2877
2878
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002879PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002880
2881PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2882
2883This syntax file has the options:
2884
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002885- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002886 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002887
2888 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002889 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002890
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002891 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002892 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002893 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002894
2895 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2896
2897- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2898 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2899
2900
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002901PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002902
2903There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2904
2905If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2906
2907 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2908
2909For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2910set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2911
2912 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2913
2914
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002915POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002916
2917There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2918
2919First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2920currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2921and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2922Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2923extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2924level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2925highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2926
2927 :let postscr_level=2
2928
2929If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2930the most prevalent version currently.
2931
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002932Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002933particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2934PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2935
2936If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2937Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2938follows: >
2939
2940 :let postscr_display=1
2941
2942If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2943Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2944postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2945
2946 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2947
2948PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2949useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2950cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2951character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2952explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2953highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2954
2955 :let postscr_fonts=1
2956 :let postscr_encodings=1
2957
2958There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2959PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2960operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2961if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2962operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2963or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2964highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2965postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2966
2967 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2968<
2969
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002970 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2971PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002972
2973This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2974
2975In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2976the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2977appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2978patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2979"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2980
2981For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2982files, add the following: >
2983
2984 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2985 \ set filetype=ptcap
2986
2987If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2988are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2989internal variable to a larger number: >
2990
2991 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2992
2993(The default is 20 lines.)
2994
2995
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002996PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002997
2998Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2999doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
3000startup vimrc: >
3001 :let filetype_w = "progress"
3002The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
3003Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
3004 :let filetype_i = "progress"
3005 :let filetype_p = "progress"
3006
3007
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003008PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003009
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003010There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003011
3012For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003013 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003014
3015For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003016 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003017
3018For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003019 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
3020
3021For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
3022 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
3023or >
3024 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003025The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003026
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02003027For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003028 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003029
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09003030If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003031 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003032This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
3033unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003034
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003035If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
3036you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003037Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
3038 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003039This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
3040
3041Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
3042 You can replace 1 above with anything.
3043
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003044
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003045QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003046
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003047The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
3048based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
3049between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
3050definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
3051to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
3052be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003053
3054set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
3055 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
3056
3057set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
3058 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
3059
3060set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
3061 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
3062
3063Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
3064commands than are actually available to you by the game.
3065
3066
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003067R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
3068
3069The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
3070can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
3071 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
3072
3073You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
3074 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
3075
3076enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
3077braces: >
3078 let r_syntax_folding = 1
3079
3080and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
3081 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
3082
3083
3084R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
3085
3086To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
3087 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
3088
3089To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
3090 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
3091
3092To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
3093 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3094
3095By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00003096language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
3097highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
3098is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
3099behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
3100and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
3101 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
3102 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
3103 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
3104 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
3105 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
3106
3107If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
3108list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
3109the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003110 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
3111
3112
3113R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
3114
3115To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
3116 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3117
3118
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003119RASI *rasi.vim* *ft-rasi-syntax*
3120
3121Rasi stands for Rofi Advanced Style Information. It is used by the program
Christian Brabandtf3dd6f62024-05-31 12:26:12 +02003122rofi to style the rendering of the search window. The language is heavily
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003123inspired by CSS stylesheet. Files with the following extensions are recognized
3124as rasi files: .rasi.
3125
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003126READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003127
3128The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003129few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003130items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3131command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3132 let readline_has_bash = 1
3133
3134This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3135later, and part earlier) adds.
3136
3137
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01003138REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
3139
3140Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
3141language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
3142the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
3143
3144
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003145RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
3146
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003147Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
3148select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
3149syntax list.
3150
3151To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003152 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003153
3154To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
3155`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
3156 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003157 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
3158 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003159 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003160 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003161
3162To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
3163 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
3164
3165To enable folding of sections: >
3166 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
3167
3168Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
3169
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003170
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003171REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003172
3173If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3174when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3175to a larger number: >
3176 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3177This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3178displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3179number is that redrawing can become slow.
3180
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02003181Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
3182comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
3183your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
3184>
3185 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
3186
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003187
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003188RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003189
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003190 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
3191 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
3192 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
3193 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
3194 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
3195
3196 *ruby_operators*
3197 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
3198
3199Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
3200
3201 :let ruby_operators = 1
3202<
3203 *ruby_space_errors*
3204 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
3205
3206Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
3207
3208 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3209<
3210This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3211as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3212"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3213spaces respectively.
3214
3215 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3216 Ruby: Folding ~
3217
3218Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3219
3220 :let ruby_fold = 1
3221<
3222This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3223buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3224filetypes.
3225
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003226Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3227"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3228
3229You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3230
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003231 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003232<
3233The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3234
3235 keyword meaning ~
3236 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3237 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3238 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003239 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003240 def "def" block
3241 class "class" block
3242 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003243 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003244 begin "begin" block
3245 case "case" block
3246 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003247 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3248 [ Array literal
3249 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3250 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003251 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003252 : Symbol
3253 # Multiline comment
3254 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003255 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3256
3257 *ruby_no_expensive*
3258 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003259
3260By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003261of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003262experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3263you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003264
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003265 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003266<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003267In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3268
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003269 *ruby_minlines*
3270
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003271If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3272scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3273the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003274
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003275 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003276<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003277Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3278largest class or module.
3279
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003280 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3281 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003282
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003283Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3284"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003285
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003286 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003287<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003288
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003289SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003290
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003291By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003292
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003293scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3294Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003295
3296
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003297SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003298
3299The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3300of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3301
3302The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3303case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003304used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003305highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3306 :let sdl_2000=1
3307
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003308This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003309keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3310 :let SDL_no_96=1
3311
3312
3313The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3314satisfied with it for my own projects.
3315
3316
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003317SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003318
3319To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003320highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003321
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003322 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3323<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003324in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3325inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3326by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3327also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3328you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3329
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003330GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3331comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3332comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3333
3334 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3335<
3336Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3337not (yet) affected by this setting.
3338
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003339Bugs:
3340
3341 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3342 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3343 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3344 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3345 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3346 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3347
3348
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003349SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003350
3351The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3352
3353The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3354This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3355closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3356defined for you)
3357
3358Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3359names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3360
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003361Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003362names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3363
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003364Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003365are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3366text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3367<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3368
3369If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3370following syntax groups:
3371
3372 - sgmlBold
3373 - sgmlBoldItalic
3374 - sgmlUnderline
3375 - sgmlItalic
3376 - sgmlLink for links
3377
3378To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3379following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3380are read during initialization) >
3381 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3382
3383You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3384vimrc file: >
3385 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3386
3387(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3388
3389
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003390 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003391SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003392
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003393This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3394shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003395
3396Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003397various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003398
3399 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3400 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3401<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003402See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3403cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3404/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3405that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3406shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3407symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003408
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003409One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003410variables in your <.vimrc>:
3411
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003412 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003413 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003414< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003415 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003416< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003417 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003418< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003419 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003420
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003421< (dash users should use posix)
3422
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003423If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3424default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003425the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3426statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003427sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003428
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003429The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3430
3431 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3432 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3433 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3434 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003435>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003436then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003437syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3438to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003439
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003440 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3441
3442If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3443when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003444to a larger number. Example: >
3445
3446 let sh_minlines = 500
3447
3448This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3449displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3450number is that redrawing can become slow.
3451
3452If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3453reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3454
3455 let sh_maxlines = 100
3456<
3457The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3458speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3459
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003460syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003461unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003462for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3463the following line in your .vimrc: >
3464
3465 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3466<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003467
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003468 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3469 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003470
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003471You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3472Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3473file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3474
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003475 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003476 " ==============
3477 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3478 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3479 unlet b:current_syntax
3480 endif
3481 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3482 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3483 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3484 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3485 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3486<
3487This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3488 awk '...awk code here...'
3489be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3490extended to other languages.
3491
3492
3493SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3494(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003495
3496The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3497
3498- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3499 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3500 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3501
3502- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3503 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003504 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003505 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3506 them in the syntax file.
3507
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003508- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003509 highlighting of # style comments.
3510
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003511 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003512 number of #s.
3513
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003514 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003515 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003516
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003517 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003518 more than one #.
3519
3520Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003521PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003522fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3523the syntax file.
3524
3525
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003526SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3527 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003528 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003529
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003530While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3531custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3532SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003533
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003534Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3535scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3536supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3537buffer by buffer basis.
3538
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003539For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003540
3541
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003542SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3543
3544Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3545designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3546bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3547with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3548
3549
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003550TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003551
3552This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3553for how the filetype is detected.
3554
3555Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003556is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3557add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003558
3559 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3560
3561If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3562when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3563to a larger number: >
3564
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003565 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003566
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003567This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3568displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3569synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3570tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3571redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003572
3573
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003574TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003575 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003576
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003577 Tex Contents~
3578 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3579 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3580 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3581 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3582 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3583 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3584 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3585 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3586 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3587 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3588 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3589 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3590 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003591 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003592 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003593
3594 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003595 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003596
3597As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3598sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3599 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3600in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3601modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3602 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003603If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003604 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003605<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003606 *g:tex_nospell*
3607 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3608
3609If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3610 let g:tex_nospell=1
3611into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3612comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3613
3614 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003615 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003616
3617Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3618prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3619this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3620 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003621If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3622see |g:tex_nospell|.
3623
3624 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003625 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003626
3627Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3628one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3629want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3630 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003631<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003632 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003633 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003634
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003635The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3636highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3637texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3638terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3639as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003640special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3641 %stopzone
3642which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3643texMathZone.
3644
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003645 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003646 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003647
3648If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3649 :syn sync maxlines=200
3650 :syn sync minlines=50
3651(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003652increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003653if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3654
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003655Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3656|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3657
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003658 *g:tex_fast*
3659
3660Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3661
3662 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3663
3664in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3665highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3666synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3667price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3668folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3669
3670You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3671selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3672
3673 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3674 c : allow texComment syntax
3675 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3676 M : allow texMath syntax
3677 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3678 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3679 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3680 S : allow texStyle syntax
3681 v : allow verbatim syntax
3682 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3683<
3684As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3685but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003686(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003687
3688 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003689 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003690
3691LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3692of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3693package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3694it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3695techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003696by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3697which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3698http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003699
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003700I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3701
3702 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3703<
3704The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3705
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003706 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003707 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003708
3709The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3710although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3711errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3712you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003713 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003714and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003715
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003716 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003717 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003718
3719If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3720code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003721 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3722You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3723(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3724As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3725 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3726You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3727and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3728The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3729has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003730
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003731 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003732 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003733
3734One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3735commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3736following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3737such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3738
3739 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3740 :set ft=tex
3741
3742Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3743always accept such use of @.
3744
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003745 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003746 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003747
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003748If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3749number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3750including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3751superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3752superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3753In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3754
3755One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3756with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003757
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003758 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003759 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3760
3761You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003762<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3763for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003764
3765 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003766 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003767 d = delimiters
3768 m = math symbols
3769 g = Greek
3770 s = superscripts/subscripts
3771<
3772By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3773substitution will not be made.
3774
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003775 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3776 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3777
3778Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3779keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3780syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3781
3782 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3783 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3784 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003785 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003786 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3787 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3788 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003789 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003790
3791 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3792 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3793
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003794 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3795 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3796
3797 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3798
3799 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3800 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3801
3802 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3803 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3804 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3805 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3806
3807 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3808 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3809<
3810 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3811 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3812 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3813< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3814 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3815
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003816 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3817 Tex: Match Check Control~
3818
3819 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003820 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3821 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003822 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3823 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3824 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3825< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3826 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3827 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3828< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3829 regions, >
3830 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3831< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003832
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003833TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003834
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003835There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3836
3837For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3838set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3839
3840 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3841<
rhysd5e457152024-05-24 18:59:10 +02003842TYPESCRIPT *typescript.vim* *ft-typescript-syntax*
3843 *typescriptreact.vim* *ft-typescriptreact-syntax*
3844
3845There is one option to control the TypeScript syntax highlighting.
3846
3847 *g:typescript_host_keyword*
3848When this variable is set to 1, host-specific APIs such as `addEventListener`
3849are highlighted. To disable set it to zero in your .vimrc: >
3850
3851 let g:typescript_host_keyword = 0
3852<
3853The default value is 1.
3854
Gregory Anders1cc4cae2024-07-15 20:00:48 +02003855TYPST *ft-typst-syntax*
3856
3857 *g:typst_embedded_languages*
3858Typst files can embed syntax highlighting for other languages by setting the
3859|g:typst_embedded_languages| variable. This variable is a list of language
3860names whose syntax definitions will be included in Typst files. Example: >
3861
3862 let g:typst_embedded_languages = ['python', 'r']
3863
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003864VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3865 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003866There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003867updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3868g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3869improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003870
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003871 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3872 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3873<
3874 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3875 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003876
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003877 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3878The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3879embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003880
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003881 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003882 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded Lua
3883 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded MzScheme
3884 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded Perl
3885 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded Python
3886 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded Ruby
3887 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded Tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003888<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003889By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003890itself supports. Concatenate the indicated characters to support multiple
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003891types of embedded interpreters (e.g., g:vimsyn_embed = "mp" supports embedded
3892mzscheme and embedded perl).
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003893 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003894Some folding is now supported with when 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003895
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003896 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3897 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3898 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02003899 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'h' : fold heredocs
3900 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'H' : fold Vim9-script legacy headers
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003901 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold Lua script
3902 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold MzScheme script
3903 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold Perl script
3904 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold Python script
3905 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold Ruby script
3906 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold Tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003907<
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003908
3909By default, g:vimsyn_folding is unset. Concatenate the indicated characters
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003910to support folding of multiple syntax constructs (e.g.,
3911g:vimsyn_folding = "fh" will enable folding of both functions and heredocs).
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003912
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003913 *g:vimsyn_comment_strings*
3914By default, strings are highlighted inside comments. This may be disabled by
3915setting g:vimsyn_comment_strings to false.
3916
3917 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003918Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3919is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003920highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003921
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003922 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3923<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003924
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003925
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003926WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3927
3928The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3929with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3930bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3931https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3932
3933
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003934XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003935
3936The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3937variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3938You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3939xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3940your .vimrc. Example: >
3941 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3942When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3943
3944Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3945"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3946highlighted.
3947
3948
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003949XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003950
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003951Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003952setting a global variable: >
3953
3954 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3955<
3956 *xml-folding*
3957The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003958start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003959
3960 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3961 :set foldmethod=syntax
3962
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003963Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003964especially for large files.
3965
3966
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003967X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003968
3969xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3970XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3971you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3972
3973To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3974somewhere else with "P".
3975
3976Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3977 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003978 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003979 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003980 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3981 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003982 :endfunction
3983 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3984 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3985This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3986It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3987must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3988
3989It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3990 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3991
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003992
3993YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3994
3995 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003996A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3997non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3998plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3999and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
4000integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004001will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
4002
4003Schema Description ~
4004failsafe No additional highlighting.
4005json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
4006core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004007pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
4008 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
4009 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004010 schema.
4011
4012Default schema is `core`.
4013
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004014Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
4015only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004016difference defined in the syntax file.
4017
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01004018
4019ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
4020
4021The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
4022
4023 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
4024
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004025==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010040266. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004027
4028Vim understands three types of syntax items:
4029
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000040301. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01004031 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
4032 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
4033 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
4034 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
4035 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
4036 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004037
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000040382. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004039 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
4040
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000040413. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004042 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
4043 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
4044 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
4045
4046Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
4047you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
4048to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
4049and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
4050"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
4051one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
4052This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
4053each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
4054for a lot of groups.
4055
4056Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
4057group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
4058for the syntax group with the same name.
4059
4060In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
4061defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
4062using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
4063match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
4064keyword with ignoring case.
4065
4066
4067PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
4068
4069When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
4070
40711. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
4072 defined last has priority.
40732. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
40743. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
4075 start in later positions.
4076
4077
4078DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
4079
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004080:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004081 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
4082 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
4083 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
4084 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
4085
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004086:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004087 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004088
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004089
4090DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
4091
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004092:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
4093:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004094 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
4095 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
4096
4097 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
4098 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
4099
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004100 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004101 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
4102 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
4103 may close and open horizontally within a line.
4104
4105:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004106 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
4107 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004108
4109 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4110
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004111SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
4112
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004113:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
4114:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
4115:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004116 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
4117 in a syntax item:
4118
4119 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
4120 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
4121 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
4122
4123 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
4124 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
4125 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
4126
4127 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
4128
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004129:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004130 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
4131 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004132
4133
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004134SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
4135
4136:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
4137 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
4138 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
4139
4140 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
4141 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00004142 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004143
4144 Example: >
4145 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
4146<
4147 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
4148 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
4149 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
4150
4151 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
4152
4153 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01004154 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004155 match.
4156
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02004157 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
4158 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004159 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004160
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004161DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
4162
4163:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
4164
4165 This defines a number of keywords.
4166
4167 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
4168 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4169 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
4170
4171 Example: >
4172 :syntax keyword Type int long char
4173<
4174 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
4175 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
4176 These examples do exactly the same: >
4177 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
4178 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
4179 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02004180< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004181 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
4182 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
4183 variations at once: >
4184 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
4185<
4186 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
4187 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
4188 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
4189 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
4190 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004191 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004192
4193 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
4194 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
4195 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
4196
4197 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
4198 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
4199 instead.
4200
4201 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
4202
4203 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
4204 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
4205 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004206 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004207 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
4208 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
4209< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
4210 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
4211 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
4212
4213
4214DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
4215
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004216:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
4217 [excludenl]
4218 [keepend]
4219 {pattern}
4220 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004221
4222 This defines one match.
4223
4224 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4225 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4226 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4227 extend a containing match or region. Must be
4228 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004229 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4230 match with the end pattern. See
4231 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004232 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
4233 See |:syn-pattern| below.
4234 Note that the pattern may match more than one
4235 line, which makes the match depend on where
4236 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
4237 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
4238
4239 Example (match a character constant): >
4240 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4241<
4242
4243DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4244 *E398* *E399*
4245:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4246 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4247 [keepend]
4248 [extend]
4249 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004250 start={start-pattern} ..
4251 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4252 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004253 [{options}]
4254
4255 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4256
4257 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4258 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4259 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4260 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4261 for the text in between the matched start and
4262 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4263 a different group for the start or end match.
4264 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4265 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4266 match with the end pattern. See
4267 |:syn-keepend|.
4268 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004269 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004270 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4271 extend a containing match or item. Only
4272 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4273 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004274 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004275 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004276 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004277 the region where not to look for the end
4278 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004279 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004280 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4281
4282 Example: >
4283 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4284<
4285 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4286 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4287 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4288 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4289 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4290 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4291
4292 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4293 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4294 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4295 the end patterns.
4296
4297 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4298 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4299 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4300
4301 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4302 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4303 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4304 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4305
4306 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4307 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4308 work: >
4309 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4310 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4311< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4312 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4313 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4314 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4315 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4316< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4317 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4318
4319 *:syn-keepend*
4320 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4321 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4322 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4323 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4324 { starts outer "{}" region
4325 { starts contained "{}" region
4326 } ends contained "{}" region
4327 } ends outer "{} region
4328 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4329 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4330 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4331 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4332 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4333 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4334 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4335< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4336 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4337
4338 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4339 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4340 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4341 contained matches.
4342 *:syn-extend*
4343 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4344 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4345 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4346 extended.
4347 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4348 others don't. Example: >
4349
4350 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4351 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4352 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4353
4354< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4355 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4356 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4357
4358 Another example: >
4359 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4360< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4361 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4362 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4363 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4364 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4365
4366 *:syn-excludenl*
4367 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4368 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4369 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4370 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4371 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4372 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4373 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4374 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4375 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4376 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4377 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4378 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4379 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4380
4381 *:syn-matchgroup*
4382 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4383 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4384 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4385< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4386 between with the "String" group.
4387 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4388 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4389 using a matchgroup.
4390
4391 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4392 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4393 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4394 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4395 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4396
4397 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4398 different colors: >
4399 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4400 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4401 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4402 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4403 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4404 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004405<
4406 *E849*
4407The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004408
4409==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010044107. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004411
4412The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4413The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4414and may be mixed with patterns.
4415
4416Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4417can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004418 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004419 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4420:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4421:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4422:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004423
4424These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004425 conceal
4426 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004427 contained
4428 containedin
4429 nextgroup
4430 transparent
4431 skipwhite
4432 skipnl
4433 skipempty
4434
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004435conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4436
4437When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004438Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004439'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4440concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4441edit the line.
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004442
4443Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|, but internally this works a
4444bit differently |syntax-vs-match|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004445
4446concealends *:syn-concealends*
4447
4448When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4449the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4450Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4451'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004452in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup". The
4453|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
4454items.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004455
4456cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004457 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004458The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4459when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4460argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004461character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4462a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004463 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004464See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004465
4466contained *:syn-contained*
4467
4468When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4469the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4470another match. Example: >
4471 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4472 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4473
4474
4475display *:syn-display*
4476
4477If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4478detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4479by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4480to be displayed.
4481
4482Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4483conditions:
4484- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4485 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4486 line.
4487- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4488 make it continue on the next line.
4489- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4490 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4491 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4492- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4493 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4494 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4495 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4496
4497Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4498- match with a number
4499- match with a label
4500
4501
4502transparent *:syn-transparent*
4503
4504If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4505itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4506is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4507only to skip over a part of the text.
4508
4509The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4510unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4511avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4512highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4513 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4514 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4515 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4516 :hi link myString String
4517 :hi link myWord Comment
4518Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4519match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4520argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4521it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4522out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004523"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004524happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4525position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4526
4527When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4528items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4529see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4530through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4531
4532 look from here
4533
4534 | | | | | |
4535 V V V V V V
4536
4537 xxxx yyy more contained items
4538 .................... contained item (transparent)
4539 ============================= first item
4540
4541The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4542transparent group.
4543
4544What you see is:
4545
4546 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4547
4548Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4549
4550
4551oneline *:syn-oneline*
4552
4553The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4554boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4555region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4556the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4557continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4558line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4559
4560When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4561pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4562end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4563means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4564be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4565line break.
4566
4567
4568fold *:syn-fold*
4569
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004570The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004571Example: >
4572 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4573 :syn sync fromstart
4574 :set foldmethod=syntax
4575This will make each {} block form one fold.
4576
4577The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4578ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4579The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004580See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4581from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004582{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4583
4584
4585 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004586contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004587
4588The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4589groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4590containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4591regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4592this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4593here.
4594
4595contains=ALL
4596 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4597 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4598
4599contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4600 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4601 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4602 are listed. Example: >
4603 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4604
4605contains=TOP
4606 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4607 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4608 argument.
4609contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4610 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4611
4612contains=CONTAINED
4613 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4614 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4615 argument.
4616contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4617 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4618 listed.
4619
4620
4621The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4622that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4623The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4624 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4625The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4626that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4627command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4628syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4629the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4630group names.
4631
4632The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4633region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4634|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4635region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4636area that is highlighted
4637
4638
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004639containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004640
4641The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4642item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4643containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4644
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004645The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004646
4647This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4648be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4649of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4650the C syntax: >
4651 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4652Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4653level.
4654
4655Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4656appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4657keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4658work.
4659
4660
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004661nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004662
4663The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4664separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4665
4666If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4667tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4668a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4669will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4670current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4671other groups. Example: >
4672 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4673 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4674 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4675
4676This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4677"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4678highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4679
4680 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4681 fff bbb fff bbb
4682
4683Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4684when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4685highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4686would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4687
4688
4689skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4690skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4691skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4692
4693These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4694used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004695 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004696 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4697 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4698
4699When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4700next group that matches the white space.
4701
4702When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4703line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4704line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4705the current item in the same line.
4706
4707When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4708groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4709for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4710space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4711
4712Example: >
4713 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4714 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4715 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4716Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4717match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4718precedence.
4719Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4720"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4721example).
4722
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004723IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4724
4725:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4726 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4727 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4728 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4729 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4730 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4731 given explicitly.
4732
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004733:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004734 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004735
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004736==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010047378. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004738
4739In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4740characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4741use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4742use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4743 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4744 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4745
4746See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004747always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004748value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4749not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4750independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4751
4752Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4753This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4754
4755 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4756The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4757change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4758match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4759are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4760pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4761
4762The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4763The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4764
4765ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4766me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4767hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4768he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4769rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4770re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4771lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4772
4773The {offset} can be:
4774
4775s start of the matched pattern
4776s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4777s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4778e end of the matched pattern
4779e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4780e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004781{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004782
4783Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4784
4785Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4786meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4787
4788 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4789match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4790region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4791region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4792region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4793
4794Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4795 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4796<
4797 some "string" text
4798 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4799
4800Notes:
4801- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4802 offset(s).
4803- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4804- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4805 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004806- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004807 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004808 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004809- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4810 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4811 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4812
4813Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4814 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4815<
4816 /* this is a comment */
4817 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4818
4819A more complicated Example: >
4820 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4821<
4822 abcfoostringbarabc
4823 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004824 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004825
4826Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4827
4828Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4829with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004830in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004831
4832The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4833be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4834cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4835characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4836used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4837specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4838
4839 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4840 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4841 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4842<
4843 ___zzzz ___wwww
4844 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4845 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4846 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4847
4848The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4849unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4850
4851
4852Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4853
4854The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4855expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4856
4857When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4858allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004859following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4860the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004861
4862The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4863continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4864matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4865halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4866previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4867is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4868 x x a
4869 b x x
4870Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4871after the "\n".
4872
4873
4874External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4875
4876These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4877
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004878 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004879 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4880 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4881 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004882
4883 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4884 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4885 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4886 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4887
4888Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4889sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4890shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4891items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4892referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4893example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4894 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4895
4896As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4897it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004898changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004899first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4900also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004901 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004902
4903Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4904indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4905to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4906Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4907within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4908sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4909the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4910
4911Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4912cannot be referred to.
4913
4914==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010049159. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004916
4917:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4918 [add={group-name}..]
4919 [remove={group-name}..]
4920
4921This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4922single name.
4923
4924 contains={group-name}..
4925 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4926 add={group-name}..
4927 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4928 remove={group-name}..
4929 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4930
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004931A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4932nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4933this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004934
4935Example: >
4936 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4937 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4938
4939As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4940retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4941to speak: >
4942 :syntax keyword A aaa
4943 :syntax keyword B bbb
4944 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4945 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4946 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4947
4948This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4949 :syntax keyword A aaa
4950 :syntax keyword B bbb
4951 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4952 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4953 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4954 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4955 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004956<
4957 *E848*
4958The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004959
4960==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100496110. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004962
4963It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4964a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4965two different ways:
4966
4967 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4968 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4969 the |:runtime| command: >
4970
4971 " In cpp.vim:
4972 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4973 :unlet b:current_syntax
4974
4975< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4976 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4977 ":syntax include" command:
4978
4979:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4980
4981 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4982 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4983 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4984 that list. >
4985
4986 " In perl.vim:
4987 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4988 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4989<
4990 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4991 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4992 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4993 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4994 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004995 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4996 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004997
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004998 *E847*
4999The maximum number of includes is 999.
5000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005001==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100500211. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005003
5004Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
5005make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
5006redrawing starts.
5007
5008:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
5009
5010There are four ways to synchronize:
50111. Always parse from the start of the file.
5012 |:syn-sync-first|
50132. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
5014 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
5015 |:syn-sync-second|
50163. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
5017 |:syn-sync-third|
50184. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
5019 |:syn-sync-fourth|
5020
5021 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
5022For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
5023limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
5024
5025If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
5026that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
5027lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
5028
5029If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
5030for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
5031adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
5032slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01005033 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005034<
5035 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
5036When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
5037cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
5038start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
5039the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
5040break use this: >
5041 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
5042The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
5043change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
5044value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
5045
5046
5047First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
5048>
5049 :syntax sync fromstart
5050
5051The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
5052accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
5053so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01005054when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005055case: to the end of the file).
5056
5057Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
5058
5059
5060Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
5061
5062For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
5063Example: >
5064 :syntax sync ccomment
5065
5066When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
5067comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
5068used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
5069An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
5070 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
5071This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
5072used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
5073region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
5074
5075The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
5076lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
5077lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
5078lines, but it hard to sync on).
5079
5080Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
5081that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
5082is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
5083chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
5084is hardly ever noticed.
5085
5086
5087Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
5088
5089For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
5090Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
5091means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
5092Example: >
5093 :syntax sync minlines=50
5094
5095"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
5096
5097
5098Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
5099
5100The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
5101sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
5102region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
5103starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
5104the search continues backwards in the file.
5105
5106This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
5107matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
5108- Keywords cannot be used.
5109- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
5110 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
5111- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
5112 forwards.
5113- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
5114 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
5115 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01005116 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005117- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
5118 group of continued lines).
5119- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
5120 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
5121 line (or group of continued lines).
5122- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
5123 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
5124 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
5125 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
5126
5127There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
51281. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
5129 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
5130 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
5131 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
51322. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
5133 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
5134 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
5135 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
5136Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
5137
5138Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
5139avoid finding unwanted matches.
5140
5141[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
5142search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
5143highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
5144faster.]
5145
5146 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
5147 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5148
5149 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
5150 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
5151 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
5152 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
5153 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
5154
5155 *syn-sync-groupthere*
5156 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5157
5158 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
5159 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
5160 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
5161 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
5162 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
5163 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
5164 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
5165 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
5166 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
5167 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
5168
5169 :syntax sync match ..
5170 :syntax sync region ..
5171
5172 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
5173 skipped while searching for a sync point.
5174
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005175 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005176 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
5177
5178 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
5179 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
5180 consider the lines to be concatenated.
5181
5182If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
5183searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
5184few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
5185 :syntax sync maxlines=100
5186
5187You can clear all sync settings with: >
5188 :syntax sync clear
5189
5190You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
5191 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
5192
5193==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100519412. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005195
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00005196This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005197
5198 :sy[ntax] [list]
5199
5200To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
5201
5202 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
5203
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02005204To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005205
5206 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
5207
5208See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
5209
5210Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
5211is mostly used, because it looks better.
5212
5213==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100521413. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005215
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01005216In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005217and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
5218of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00005219
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005220 colorscheme pablo
5221<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005222 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005223:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
5224 This is basically the same as >
5225 :echo g:colors_name
5226< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
5227 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
5228 feature it will output "unknown".
5229
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005230:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02005231 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005232 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01005233 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
5234 "start" and then under "opt".
5235
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005236 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005237 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005238
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005239You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
5240appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
5241the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
5242darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005243
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005244 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5245 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005246<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005247For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5248use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5249the original color scheme: >
5250 runtime colors/evening.vim
5251 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005252
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005253Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5254(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5255autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5256|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5257
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005258 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005259If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5260using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5261color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5262 augroup my_colorschemes
5263 au!
5264 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5265 augroup END
5266
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005267Change a couple more colors: >
5268 augroup my_colorschemes
5269 au!
5270 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005271 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005272 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5273 augroup END
5274
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005275If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5276colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5277 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5278 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5279
5280With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5281different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5282group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5283you can find them here:
5284https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5285
5286For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5287 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5288
5289
5290==============================================================================
529114. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5292
5293There are three types of highlight groups:
5294- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5295 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5296 linked to a group of the second type.
5297- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5298- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5299 *hitest.vim*
5300You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5301 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5302This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5303in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005304
5305:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5306 attributes set.
5307
5308:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5309 List one highlight group.
5310
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005311 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005312:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005313 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005314 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5315 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005316 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005317
5318:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5319:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5320 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5321 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5322
5323:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5324 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005325 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005326 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005327 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005328 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5329 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5330 argument.
5331
5332Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5333default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5334highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5335values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5336the default value.
5337
5338A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5339a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5340
5341 :hi Comment gui=bold
5342
5343Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5344specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5345result is like this single command has been used: >
5346 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5347<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005348 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005349When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5350also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5351 :verbose hi Comment
5352< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005353 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005354
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005355When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5356mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005357
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005358 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5359There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5360term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005361cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005362 termcap entry)
5363gui the GUI
5364
5365For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5366the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5367
53681. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5369
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005370 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005371 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5372 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5373 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005374term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005375 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005376 following items (in any order):
5377 bold
5378 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005379 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005380 underdouble not always available
5381 underdotted not always available
5382 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005383 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005384 reverse
5385 inverse same as reverse
5386 italic
5387 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005388 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005389 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5390
5391 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5392 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005393 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005394 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005395 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005396 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5397 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5398 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5399 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5400 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5401
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005402< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5403 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5404 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5405 have to specify the codes like this: >
5406 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5407 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5408 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5409< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5410 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5411 fallback.
5412
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005413
5414start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5415stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5416 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5417 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5418
5419 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5420 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5421 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5422 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5423 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5424 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5425 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5426
5427 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5428
5429 1. A string with escape sequences.
5430 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5431 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5432 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5433 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5434
5435 2. A list of terminal codes.
5436 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5437 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5438 White space is not allowed. Example:
5439 start=t_C1,t_BL
5440 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5441
5442
54432. highlight arguments for color terminals
5444
5445cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5446 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5447 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5448 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5449 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005450 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5451 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5452 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005453
5454ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5455ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005456ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5457 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5458 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5459
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005460 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5461 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5462 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5463 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5464 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5465 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5466
5467 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5468 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5469 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5470 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5471 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005472 *tmux*
5473 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5474 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005475 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5476 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005477< More info at:
5478 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5479 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005480
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005481 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5482 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5483 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005484 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5485 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5486
5487 *cterm-colors*
5488 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5489 0 0 Black
5490 1 4 DarkBlue
5491 2 2 DarkGreen
5492 3 6 DarkCyan
5493 4 1 DarkRed
5494 5 5 DarkMagenta
5495 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5496 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5497 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5498 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5499 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5500 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5501 12 1* Red, LightRed
5502 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5503 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5504 15 7* White
5505
5506 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5507 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5508 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5509 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5510 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5511 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5512 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5513 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5514 a number instead of a color name.
5515
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005516 The case of the color names is ignored, however Vim will use lower
5517 case color names when reading from the |v:colornames| dictionary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005518 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005519 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5520 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005521
5522 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5523 colors!
5524
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005525 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5526
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005527 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5528 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5529 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5530 Example: >
5531 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5532< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005533 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5534 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5535 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5536 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5537 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005538 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005539 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005540 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005541
5542 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5543 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5544 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5545 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005546 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5547 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5548 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5549 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5550 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005551 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5552< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005553 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005554 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5555
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005556ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5557 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5558 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5559 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5560 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5561 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5562 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5563 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005564
55653. highlight arguments for the GUI
5566
5567gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5568 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5569 See |attr-list| for a description.
5570 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5571 have the same effect.
5572 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5573
5574font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5575 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5576 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5577 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5578<
5579 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5580 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5581 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5582 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005583 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005584 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5585 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5586 changed.
5587 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5588 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5589 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005590 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5591 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5592 Example: >
5593 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005594
5595guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5596guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005597guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5598 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005599 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5600 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005601 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005602 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005603 bg use normal background color
5604 background use normal background color
5605 fg use normal foreground color
5606 foreground use normal foreground color
5607 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5608 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5609 Example: >
5610 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5611<
5612 *gui-colors*
5613 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5614 Red LightRed DarkRed
5615 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5616 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5617 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5618 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5619 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5620 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5621 Black White
5622 Orange Purple Violet
5623
5624 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5625 |win32-colors|.
5626
5627 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5628 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5629 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005630 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005631 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005632 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005633 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005634<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005635 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005636 repeatedly, you can define a (lower case) name for it in |v:colornames|.
5637 For example: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005638
5639 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5640 # override it.
5641 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5642 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5643<
5644 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5645 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5646 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5647 scheme: >
5648
5649 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5650 colorscheme alt
5651<
5652 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5653 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5654 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5655 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5656 by a color scheme using: >
5657
5658 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5659 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5660<
5661
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005662 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5663These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5664'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5665of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5666command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005667When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5668unreadable use Visual selection.
5669
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005670 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005671ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005672 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005673Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5674 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005675 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005676Cursor Character under the cursor.
5677lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5678 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005679 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005680CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005681 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005682CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005683 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005684CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005685 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005686Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005687 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005688DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005689 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005690DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005691 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005692DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005693 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005694DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005695 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005696EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005697 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005698 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005699ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005700 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005701VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005702 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005703Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005704 *hl-FoldColumn*
5705FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5706 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005707SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005708 *hl-IncSearch*
5709IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005710 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005711 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005712LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005713 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005714 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5715LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5716 option is set, above the cursor line.
5717 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5718LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5719 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005720 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005721CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5722 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005723 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5724CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005725 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5726CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005727 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005728MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005729 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005730 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005731MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5732 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005733 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005734ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02005735 *hl-MsgArea*
5736MsgArea Command-line area, also used for outputting messages, see also
5737 'cmdheight'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005738 *hl-MoreMsg*
5739MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5740 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005741NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5742 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5743 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5744 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5745 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005746 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005747Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005748 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005749Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005750 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005751PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005752 *hl-PmenuKind*
5753PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5754 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5755PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5756 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5757PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5758 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5759PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005760 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005761PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005762 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5763PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005764 *hl-PmenuMatch*
h-east84ac2122024-06-17 18:12:30 +02005765PmenuMatch Popup menu: Matched text in normal item.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005766 *hl-PmenuMatchSel*
h-east84ac2122024-06-17 18:12:30 +02005767PmenuMatchSel Popup menu: Matched text in selected item.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005768 *hl-PopupNotification*
5769PopupNotification
5770 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5771 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005772 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005773Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005774 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5775QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005776 *hl-Search*
5777Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005778 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005779 *hl-CurSearch*
5780CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005781 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5782 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005783 *hl-SpecialKey*
5784SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5785 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005786 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005787 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005788 *hl-SpellBad*
5789SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5790 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005791 *hl-SpellCap*
5792SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5793 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005794 *hl-SpellLocal*
5795SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5796 used in another region. |spell|
5797 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5798 *hl-SpellRare*
5799SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5800 hardly ever used. |spell|
5801 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005802 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005803StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005804 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5805StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005806 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005807 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005808 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005809StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005810 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005811StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5812 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005813 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005814TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005815 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005816TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005817 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005818TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005819 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005820Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005821 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005822Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005823 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005824Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005825 *hl-VisualNOS*
5826VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5827 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5828 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005829WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005830 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005831WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005832
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005833 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005834The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005835statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005836
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005837For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005838scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5839Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5840and guifg.
5841
5842 *hl-Menu*
5843Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5844 Also used for the toolbar.
5845 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5846
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005847 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005848 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5849 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5850 set.
5851
5852 *hl-Scrollbar*
5853Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5854 scrollbars.
5855 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5856
5857 *hl-Tooltip*
5858Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5859 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5860
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005861 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005862 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5863 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5864 set.
5865
5866==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100586715. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005868
5869When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5870can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5871group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5872
5873To set a link:
5874
5875 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5876
5877To remove a link:
5878
5879 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5880
5881Notes: *E414*
5882- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5883 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5884- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5885 removed.
5886- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5887 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5888 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5889 links for groups that already have settings.
5890
5891 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5892The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5893group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5894will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5895
5896Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5897specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5898 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5899If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5900 :highlight link cComment Question
5901Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5902overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5903
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005904To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5905highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5906another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5907"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5908 highlight! default link cComment Question
5909
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005910==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100591116. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005912
5913If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5914command: >
5915 :syntax clear
5916
5917This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5918or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5919in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5920load the syntax file.
5921The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5922loaded after this command.
5923
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005924To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5925 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5926This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5927
5928To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5929 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5930This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5931
5932 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005933If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5934the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5935 :syntax off
5936
5937What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5938 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5939See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5940$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5941
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005942 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5943If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5944defaults back: >
5945
5946 :syntax reset
5947
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005948It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5949affects the highlighting.
5950
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005951This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5952
5953Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5954back to their Vim default.
5955Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5956scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5957
5958What this actually does is: >
5959
5960 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5961 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5962
5963Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5964
5965 *syncolor*
5966If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5967script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5968'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5969the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5970reset" command.
5971
5972For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5973
5974 if &background == "light"
5975 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5976 else
5977 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5978 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005979<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005980 *E679*
5981Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5982'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5983endless loop.
5984
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005985Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5986your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5987depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5988
5989 *syntax_cmd*
5990The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5991syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005992 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005993 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005994 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5995 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5996 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005997 the colors.
5998 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5999 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
6000 them.
6001
6002==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100600317. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006004
6005If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
6006mappings.
6007
6008 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
6009 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
6010>
6011 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
6012 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
6013
6014WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
6015memory Vim will consume.
6016
6017Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006018must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
6019at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006020
6021Put these lines in your Makefile:
6022
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006023# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006024types: types.vim
6025types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006026 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006027 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
6028 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
6029
6030And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
6031
6032 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006033 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006034 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006035 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006036 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
6037
6038==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100603918. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006040
6041Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
6042possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
6043private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
6044with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
6045highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
6046italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
6047
6048To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
6049windows on the buffer: >
6050 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006051< *w:current_syntax*
6052This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
6053"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
6054restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
6055"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
6056"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01006057Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006058
6059Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006060on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02006061syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006062same buffer.
6063
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006064A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
6065is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
6066When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006067
6068==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100606919. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006070
6071Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
6072default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
6073 :if &term =~ "xterm"
6074 : if has("terminfo")
6075 : set t_Co=8
6076 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
6077 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
6078 : else
6079 : set t_Co=8
6080 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6081 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6082 : endif
6083 :endif
6084< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6085
6086You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
6087e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
6088
6089Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
6090be wrong.
6091 *xiterm* *rxvt*
6092The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
6093But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
6094 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
6095 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
6096<
6097 *colortest.vim*
6098To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00006099To use it, execute this command: >
6100 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006101
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006102Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006103output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
6104at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
6105colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
6106
6107 *xfree-xterm*
6108To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006109included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006110at: >
6111 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
6112Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
6113termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
6114supports. >
6115 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
6116If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
6117(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
6118
6119This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
6120 :if has("terminfo")
6121 : set t_Co=16
6122 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
6123 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
6124 :else
6125 : set t_Co=16
6126 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6127 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6128 :endif
6129< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6130
6131Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
6132translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
6133Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
6134
6135For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
6136
6137 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
6138 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
6139
6140Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
6141and try if that works.
6142
6143You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
6144 XTerm*color0: #000000
6145 XTerm*color1: #c00000
6146 XTerm*color2: #008000
6147 XTerm*color3: #808000
6148 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
6149 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
6150 XTerm*color6: #008080
6151 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
6152 XTerm*color8: #808080
6153 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
6154 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
6155 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
6156 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
6157 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
6158 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
6159 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
6160 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
6161
6162[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
6163cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006164newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006165
6166To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
6167Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
6168 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
6169<
6170 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
6171To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
6172Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
6173these resources:
6174 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
6175 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
6176 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
6177 XTerm*cursorColor: White
6178
6179 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006180These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006181foreground colors: >
6182 :if has("terminfo")
6183 : set t_Co=8
6184 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
6185 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6186 :else
6187 : set t_Co=8
6188 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
6189 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6190 :endif
6191< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6192
6193 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
6194These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
6195emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
6196bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
6197 :set t_Co=16
6198 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
6199 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
6200<
6201 *TTpro-telnet*
6202These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
6203open-source program for MS-Windows. >
6204 set t_Co=16
6205 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
6206 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
6207Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
6208that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
6209(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
6210
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006211
6212==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100621320. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006214
6215This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
6216
6217If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
6218faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
6219as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
6220
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006221Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02006222You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
6223
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006224To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
6225sequence: >
6226 :syntime on
6227 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
6228 :syntime report
6229
6230This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
6231it took to match them against the text.
6232
6233:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
6234 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
6235 matching.
6236
6237:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
6238
6239:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
6240
6241:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
6242 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
6243 the output.
6244
6245 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
6246 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
6247 matching this pattern.
6248 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
6249 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
6250 matched
6251 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
6252 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
6253 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6254 this is not unique.
6255 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6256
6257Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6258include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6259pattern does NOT match.
6260
6261When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6262all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6263literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6264
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006265"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006266 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006267"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006268
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02006269
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006270 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: